YangWX/crossdesk
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/kunkundi/crossdesk.git synced 2025-10-27 04:35:34 +08:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Fix crash caused by remote desk client leaves

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
dijunkun
2023-09-01 18:08:56 +08:00
parent af285f4b5b
commit d20df60472
144 changed files with 32834 additions and 24 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

63
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_adler32
* Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
typedef uint32_t AVAdler;
/**
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
*
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
* they were concatenated.
*
* @param adler initial checksum value
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
* @param len size of input buffer
* @return updated checksum
*/
AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf,
size_t len) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */

64
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_aes_size;
struct AVAES;
/**
* Allocate an AVAES context.
*/
struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAES context.
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */

87
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
* AES-CTR cipher
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
struct AVAESCTR;
/**
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
*/
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
*/
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
/**
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
*/
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param size the size of src and dst
*/
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
/**
* Get the current iv
*/
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Generate a random iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
*/
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */

173
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
#else
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_builtin
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
#else
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
#endif
#ifndef av_always_inline
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
#else
# define av_always_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_extern_inline
#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
#else
# define av_extern_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#else
# define av_warn_unused_result
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
#else
# define av_noinline
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
#else
# define av_flatten
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
#else
# define attribute_deprecated
#endif
/**
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
* scheduled for removal.
*/
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
code \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
__pragma(warning(push)) \
__pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
code; \
__pragma(warning(pop))
#else
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
#endif
/**
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

186
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
* Audio FIFO
* Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Audio FIFO Buffer
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#include "attributes.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
* @{
*/
/**
* Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
*
* - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
* - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
* - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
*/
typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
/**
* Free an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to free
*/
void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param sample_fmt sample format
* @param channels number of channels
* @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
* @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
*/
AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
int nb_samples);
/**
* Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
* @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
*
* The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
* is less than nb_samples.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to write
* @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
/**
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to read
* @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* Removes the data without reading it.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
* @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
*
* This empties all data in the buffer.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
*/
void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for reading
*/
int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for writing
*/
int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */

75
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "log.h"
#include "macros.h"
/**
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
*/
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
if (!(cond)) { \
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
abort(); \
} \
} while (0)
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
#else
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
*
* This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
*/
void av_assert0_fpu(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

6
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

437
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_string
* @{
*/
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
* after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
* match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
/**
* Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
* where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
* string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @param hay_length length of string to search in
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
/**
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
* null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the length of src
*
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
* size <= strlen(dst).
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the total length of src and dst
*
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
* the buffer.
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
* appended)
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
* if enough space had been available
*/
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
*
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
*/
static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
;
return i;
}
/**
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used.
* @return the allocated string
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
*/
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
#if FF_API_D2STR
/**
* Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
* @deprecated use av_asprintf() with "%f" or a more specific format
*/
attribute_deprecated
char *av_d2str(double d);
#endif
/**
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
*
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
* enclosed between ''.
*
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
* terminating char
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
*/
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
/**
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
* successive calls to av_strtok().
*
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
* set specified in delim.
*
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
* call.
*
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
*
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
*/
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
{
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
{
return c > 32 && c < 127;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
c == '\v';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
{
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
{
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
{
c = av_tolower(c);
return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
}
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* Locale-independent strings replace.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
*/
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
/**
* Thread safe basename.
* @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return pointer to the basename substring.
* If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path.
* If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
* to a string "." is returned.
*/
const char *av_basename(const char *path);
/**
* Thread safe dirname.
* @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path.
* If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
* to a string "." is returned.
* @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed.
*/
const char *av_dirname(char *path);
/**
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
* List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
* the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
* matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
* match all names.
*
* @param name Name to look for.
* @param names List of names.
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
*/
int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
/**
* Append path component to the existing path.
* Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
* Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
* @param path base path
* @param component component to be appended
* @return new path or NULL on error.
*/
char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
enum AVEscapeMode {
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping.
};
/**
* Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
* string.
*
* This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
* characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
* of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
/**
* Escape only specified special characters.
* Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
* special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
/**
* Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single
* quoted attributes.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2)
/**
* Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double
* quoted attributes.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3)
/**
* Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
* string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
*
* @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
* @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
* @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
* @see av_bprint_escape()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
/**
* Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
* buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
* decode.
*
* In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
* the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
* return an error code.
*
* Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
* case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
*
* @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
* GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
*
* @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
* The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
* @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
* to decode, updated by the function to point to the
* byte next after the decoded sequence
* @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
* byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
* avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
* UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
* @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
* value in case of invalid sequence
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
unsigned int flags);
/**
* Check if a name is in a list.
* @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
* list.
*/
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
/**
* See libc sscanf manual for more information.
* Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
*/
int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */

371
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
*/
/**
* @mainpage
*
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
*
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
* provided by FFmpeg.
*
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
*
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
*
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
* major, minor and micro version number with the
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
* unspecified situation.
*
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
* not change.
*
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
* links against.
*
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
* version number.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
*
* @note
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
* brings in most of the "core" components.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
*
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
* @{
*/
/**
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avutil_version(void);
/**
* Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
* version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
* and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
*/
const char *av_version_info(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil license.
*/
const char *avutil_license(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
* @brief Media Type
*/
enum AVMediaType {
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
};
/**
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
* is unknown.
*/
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
/**
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
*
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
* @{
*/
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
/**
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
*
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
*
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
* either pts or dts.
*/
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
/**
* Internal time base represented as integer
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
/**
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
/**
* @}
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
*
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
*
* @{
*/
enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
};
/**
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
* pict_type.
*
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
*/
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
/**
* @}
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "mathematics.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
*/
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
{
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
}
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
/**
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
* errno.
* @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this
* function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller
* who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API.
*/
attribute_deprecated
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
#endif
/**
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
*/
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
* code) representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

72
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/base64.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
*
* @param out buffer for decoded data
* @param in null-terminated input string
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
* least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
* invalid input
*/
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
* with length x to a data buffer.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
/**
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
*
* @param out buffer for encoded data
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
* null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
* @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
* @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
* @return out or NULL in case of error
*/
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
* null-terminated string.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */

82
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* Blowfish algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
typedef struct AVBlowfish {
uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
uint32_t s[4][256];
} AVBlowfish;
/**
* Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
*/
AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param key a key
* @param key_len length of the key
*/
void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */

219
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avstring.h"
/**
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
*/
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
typedef struct name { \
__VA_ARGS__ \
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
} name;
/**
* Buffer to print data progressively
*
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
*
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
*
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
* length.
*
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* enough memory.
*
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
* av_bprint_is_complete().
*
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
*
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
*
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
*/
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
char *str; /**< string so far */
unsigned len; /**< length so far */
unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
)
/**
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
* parameter.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
/**
* Init a print buffer.
*
* @param buf buffer to init
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
* @param size_max maximum size;
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
* reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
* UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
* Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
*/
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
/**
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
*
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
*
* @param buf buffer structure to init
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
* @param size size of buffer
*/
void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
/**
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
/**
* Append data to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param data pointer to data
* param size size of data
*/
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
struct tm;
/**
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
*
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
* the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
*/
void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
/**
* Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
*
* @param[in] buf buffer structure
* @param[in] size required size
* @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
* @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
* can be larger or smaller than size
*/
void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
/**
* Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
*/
void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
/**
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
*
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
*/
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
{
return buf->len < buf->size;
}
/**
* Finalize a print buffer.
*
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
*
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
*/
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
/**
* Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
*
* @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
* @param src string containing the text to escape
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
*/
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */

109
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* byte swapping routines
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_AARCH64
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_SH4
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/bswap.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
#ifndef av_bswap16
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
{
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
return x;
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap32
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
{
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap64
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
{
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
}
#endif
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#else
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#endif
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */

322
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
* refcounted data buffer API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
*
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
* caller directly.
*
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
* data once all the references are freed).
*
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
* control.
*
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
* additional locking.
*
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
*/
/**
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
* references (AVBufferRef).
*/
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
/**
* A reference to a data buffer.
*
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
* to be allocated directly.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
AVBuffer *buffer;
/**
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
*/
uint8_t *data;
/**
* Size of data in bytes.
*/
size_t size;
} AVBufferRef;
/**
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
*
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
/**
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
* to zero.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
/**
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
* reference.
*/
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
*
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
* it.
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
* @param data data array
* @param size size of data in bytes
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
*
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
void *opaque, int flags);
/**
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
* directly.
*/
void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
/**
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
*
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
* failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
* references to it.
*
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
*/
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
* Return 0 otherwise.
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
*/
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
*/
void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
* if possible.
*
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* Reallocate a given buffer.
*
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
* @param size required new buffer size.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
*/
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
/**
* Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
*
* When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
* and replace it with a new reference to src.
*
* @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
* this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
* failure, dst will be left untouched.
* @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
* function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
*/
int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
*
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
* frames).
*
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
*
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
*
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
* thread-safe.
*/
/**
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
*/
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
* used (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
* data. May be NULL.
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
/**
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
* in use.
*
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
/**
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
*
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
/**
* Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
*
* @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
* @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
* buffer pool.
*
* @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
* therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
* parameter of an allocated buffer.
*/
void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

70
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_camellia_size;
struct AVCAMELLIA;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
*/
int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */

80
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_cast5_size;
struct AVCAST5;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAST5 context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
* @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
*/
int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */

749
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "version.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* audio channel layout utility functions
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
enum AVChannel {
///< Invalid channel index
AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
/** Stereo downmix. */
AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
/** See above. */
AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
/** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
/** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
/**
* Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
*
* Given a channel id <i> between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel <n> is
* <n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
*
* @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
* orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
* implicitly by their position in the stream.
*/
AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
// leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
// which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff,
};
enum AVChannelOrder {
/**
* Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
* about the channel order.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
/**
* The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
* which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
* different channels.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
/**
* The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
* is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
* layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
* channels at arbitrary positions.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
/**
* The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
* spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
* component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
* Number).
*
* The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
* harmonic of degree l and order m given by
* @code{.unparsed}
* l = floor(sqrt(n)),
* m = n - l * (l + 1).
* @endcode
*
* Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
* corresponding channel index n is given by
* @code{.unparsed}
* n = l * (l + 1) + m.
* @endcode
*
* Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
* as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
};
/**
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
*
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
* dual-mono.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY )
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT )
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order.
@deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
AVChannelLayout
*/
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
#endif
/**
* @}
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
* @{
* */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
};
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
*
* Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
* public ABI.
*
* No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
*/
typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
enum AVChannel id;
char name[16];
void *opaque;
} AVChannelCustom;
/**
* An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
*
* A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
* way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
* AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
*
* Unlike most structures in Libav, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
* public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
* or embedded in caller-defined structs.
*
* AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
* - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
* correctly;
* - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
* - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
* av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
*
* The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
*
* Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
* av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
* be checked)
*
* No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
* new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
*/
typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
/**
* Channel order used in this layout.
* This is a mandatory field.
*/
enum AVChannelOrder order;
/**
* Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
*/
int nb_channels;
/**
* Details about which channels are present in this layout.
* For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
* used.
*/
union {
/**
* This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
* for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
* It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
* AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
*
* I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
* is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
*
* @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
* modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
* functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
* is equal to nb_channels.
*/
uint64_t mask;
/**
* This member must be used when the channel order is
* AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
* element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
* corresponding value in map[i].id.
*
* I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
* i-th channel in the audio data.
*
* When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
* component with ACN index (as defined above)
* n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
*
* map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
* it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
* convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed.
*/
AVChannelCustom *map;
} u;
/**
* For some private data of the user.
*/
void *opaque;
} AVChannelLayout;
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
struct AVBPrint;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
*
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
*
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
* unknown channel layout specifications.
*
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
* @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
*
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
* present in channel_layout.
*
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
* on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
/**
* Get the name of a given channel.
*
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the description of a given channel.
*
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
* @deprecated use av_channel_description()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
*
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
* @param[out] name name of the layout
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
const char **name);
#endif
/**
* Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
* This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_name().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
*/
void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
/**
* Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_description().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
*/
void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
/**
* This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
*
* @return the channel with the given name
* AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
*/
enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
/**
* Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
* are present.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
*
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
*/
int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
/**
* Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
* The input string can be represented by:
* - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
* - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
* or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
* a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
* - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
* - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
* - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
* - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
* "ambisonic 2+stereo")
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param str string describing the channel layout
* @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
*/
int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *str);
/**
* Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param nb_channels number of channels
*/
void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
/**
* Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
/**
* Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
* count to 0.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
*/
void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
/**
* Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
* in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
*
* @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
*
* @param dst destination channel layout
* @param src source channel layout
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
/**
* Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
* The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
* @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
* channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
*
* @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
char *buf, size_t buf_size);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
* @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
*/
int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
struct AVBPrint *bp);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
* AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
* unspecified)
*/
enum AVChannel
av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
/**
* Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
* channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
* channel is not present in channel_layout.
*/
int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
* In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
*
* This function accepts channel names in the same format as
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
* value.
*/
int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *name);
/**
* Get a channel described by the given string.
*
* This function accepts channel names in the same format as
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
* or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
* order is unspecified)
*/
enum AVChannel
av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *name);
/**
* Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
* without regard for their positions.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
* @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
* in channel_layout
*/
uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
uint64_t mask);
/**
* Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
* data.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
*/
int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
/**
* Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
* channels are present on the same positions in both.
*
* If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
* not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
* they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
*
* @param chl input channel layout
* @param chl1 input channel layout
* @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
* AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
*/
int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

578
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* common internal and external API header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "macros.h"
//rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
/* Backwards compat. */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
/**
* Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
* are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
* as with *abs()
* @see FFNABS()
*/
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
/**
* Negative Absolute value.
* this works for all integers of all types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
* a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
*/
#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
/**
* Unsigned Absolute value.
* This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
* This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
*/
#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
/* misc math functions */
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip
# define av_clip av_clip_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip64
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int8
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int16
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_intp2
# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add32
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub32
# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add64
# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub64
# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipd
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_parity
# define av_parity av_parity_c
#endif
#ifndef av_log2
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
#endif
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
#endif
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
{
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else return (int32_t)a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
/**
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
{
return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
}
/**
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
}
/**
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and added to a
* @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
}
/**
* Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
* @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b;
if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0)
return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
return s;
#endif
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
return INT64_MAX;
if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
return INT64_MIN;
return a - b;
#endif
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/**
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
{
return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
{
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
x += x >> 8;
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
{
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
}
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
{
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
* input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
* that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
* *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
* to prevent undefined results.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
val= (GET_BYTE);\
{\
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
{ERROR}\
while (val & top) {\
unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
if(tmp>>6)\
{ERROR}\
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
top <<= 5;\
}\
val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
val = (GET_16BIT);\
{\
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
if (hi < 0x800) {\
val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
{ERROR}\
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
}\
}\
/**
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_BYTE.
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
* Unicode character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
{\
int bytes, shift;\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x80) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_BYTE\
} else {\
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
PUT_BYTE\
while (shift >= 6) {\
shift -= 6;\
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
PUT_BYTE\
}\
}\
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_16BIT.
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
{\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x10000) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_16BIT\
} else {\
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
PUT_16BIT\
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
PUT_16BIT\
}\
}\
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */

124
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include <stddef.h>
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1)
//Loongarch SIMD extension.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
/**
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
*/
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
/**
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
*
* @return negative on error.
*/
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
/**
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
*/
int av_cpu_count(void);
/**
* Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
* Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
*/
void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
/**
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
*
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
* present.
*/
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

99
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_crc32
* Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
*
* This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
* widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
* polynomials.
*
* @{
*/
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
typedef enum {
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
AV_CRC_8_EBU,
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
}AVCRCId;
/**
* Initialize a CRC table.
* @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
* @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
* exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
* actual CRC).
* If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
* if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
* most cases to e.g. bswap16):
* av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
* @param bits number of bits for the CRC
* @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
* representation as specified by le
* @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
* @return <0 on failure
*/
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
/**
* Get an initialized standard CRC table.
* @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
* @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
*/
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
/**
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
*
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
*/
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */

106
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/csp.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H
#define AVUTIL_CSP_H
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
* @author Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* @author Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
* @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
* @ingroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
/**
* Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar
* calculations.
*/
typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients {
AVRational cr, cg, cb;
} AVLumaCoefficients;
/**
* Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931
* chromaticity definition.
*/
typedef struct AVCIExy {
AVRational x, y;
} AVCIExy;
/**
* Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE
* 1931 chromaticity x and y.
*/
typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients {
AVCIExy r, g, b;
} AVPrimaryCoefficients;
/**
* Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x
* and y.
*/
typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients;
/**
* Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing
* the complete description of a color gamut.
*/
typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
AVWhitepointCoefficients wp;
AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
/**
* Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
* from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
* @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace.
* @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL
* if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
*/
const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp);
/**
* Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the
* color primaries.
* @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries
* @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum
* constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
*/
const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm);
/**
* Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete
* gamut description.
* @see enum AVColorPrimaries
* @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut
* @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or
* AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */

77
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
* DES encryption/decryption
* Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
#define AVUTIL_DES_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_des DES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVDES {
uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
int triple_des;
} AVDES;
/**
* Allocate an AVDES context.
*/
AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
*
* @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
*/
int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
* must be 8-byte aligned
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
*/
void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */

107
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
#include "rational.h"
#include "avassert.h"
#include "frame.h"
typedef struct AVDetectionBBox {
/**
* Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame,
* together with width and height, defining the bounding box.
*/
int x;
int y;
int w;
int h;
#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Detect result with confidence
*/
char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
AVRational detect_confidence;
/**
* At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box.
* For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different
* DNN models on one bounding box.
* classify_count is zero if no classification.
*/
#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4
uint32_t classify_count;
char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY];
} AVDetectionBBox;
typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader {
/**
* Information about how the bounding box is generated.
* for example, the DNN model name.
*/
char source[256];
/**
* Number of bounding boxes in the array.
*/
uint32_t nb_bboxes;
/**
* Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which
* the array of bounding boxes starts.
*/
size_t bboxes_offset;
/**
* Size of each bounding box in bytes.
*/
size_t bbox_size;
} AVDetectionBBoxHeader;
/*
* Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes.
*/
static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox *
av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
{
av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes);
return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset +
idx * header->bbox_size);
}
/**
* Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
* AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
* Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
*
* @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
* written here.
*/
AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size);
/**
* Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
* AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type
* AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables.
*/
AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes);
#endif

198
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Public dictionary API.
* @deprecated
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
* and all its contents.
*
@code
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char *key;
char *value;
} AVDictionaryEntry;
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
/**
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
*
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
* cause undefined behavior.
*
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key matching key
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
*/
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
/**
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
*
* @param m dictionary
* @return number of entries in dictionary
*/
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
/**
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
/**
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
* and stores it.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
*/
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
*
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
*
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
* be duplicated.
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
int flags);
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
*/
int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
/**
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
* and all keys and values.
*/
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
/**
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
*
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
*
* @param[in] m dictionary
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*/
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */

113
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Display matrix
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_display
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
*
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
*
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
* z = u * p + v * q + w
* @endcode
*/
/**
* Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
*
* @param matrix the transformation matrix
* @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
* counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
* or NaN if the matrix is singular.
*
* @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
* recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
*/
double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
/**
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
* rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
* by this function)
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
*/
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
/**
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
*/
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */

236
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang <vacingfang@tencent.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* DOVI configuration
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "rational.h"
/*
* DOVI configuration
* ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2
dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2
* @code
* uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with
* uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with
* uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile
* uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level
* uint8_t rpu_present_flag
* uint8_t el_present_flag
* uint8_t bl_present_flag
* uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
* @endcode
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
uint8_t dv_version_major;
uint8_t dv_version_minor;
uint8_t dv_profile;
uint8_t dv_level;
uint8_t rpu_present_flag;
uint8_t el_present_flag;
uint8_t bl_present_flag;
uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
/**
* Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU data header.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
uint8_t rpu_type;
uint16_t rpu_format;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_level;
uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag;
uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */
uint8_t coef_log2_denom;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc;
uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag;
uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0,
AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1,
};
/**
* Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the
* value ranges between two adjacent pivot values.
*/
#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8
typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve {
uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */
uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */
enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
/* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */
uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */
int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */
/* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */
uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */
int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7];
} AVDOVIReshapingCurve;
enum AVDOVINLQMethod {
AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1,
AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0,
};
/**
* Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation
* of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams {
uint16_t nlq_offset;
uint64_t vdr_in_max;
/* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */
uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope;
uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold;
} AVDOVINLQParams;
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
uint8_t vdr_rpu_id;
uint8_t mapping_color_space;
uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc;
AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */
/* Non-linear inverse quantization */
enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc;
uint32_t num_x_partitions;
uint32_t num_y_partitions;
AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
} AVDOVIDataMapping;
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
uint8_t dm_metadata_id;
uint8_t scene_refresh_flag;
/**
* Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be
* used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags.
* The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB
* matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any
* crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more
* information.)
*/
AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */
AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */
AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */
/**
* Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info).
*/
uint16_t signal_eotf;
uint16_t signal_eotf_param0;
uint16_t signal_eotf_param1;
uint32_t signal_eotf_param2;
uint8_t signal_bit_depth;
uint8_t signal_color_space;
uint8_t signal_chroma_format;
uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */
uint16_t source_min_pq;
uint16_t source_max_pq;
uint16_t source_diagonal;
} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
/**
* Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
* metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
/**
* Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the
* respective structs start.
*/
size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
} AVDOVIMetadata;
static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset);
}
static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping *
av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset);
}
static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata *
av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
}
/**
* Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.
*
* @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the
* allocated struct will be written here on success
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */

115
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* audio downmix medatata
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
* @{
*/
/**
* Possible downmix types.
*/
enum AVDownmixType {
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
};
/**
* This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
*
* All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
* bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
*/
typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
/**
* Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
*/
enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during a regular downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during a regular downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
* mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
*/
double lfe_mix_level;
} AVDownmixInfo;
/**
* Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
*
* If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
*
* @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
*
* @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
* the structure cannot be allocated.
*/
AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */

205
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/**
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
/** The number of bytes that are clear. */
unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
/**
* The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
* the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
* encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
*/
unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
* info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
/** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
uint32_t scheme;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are encrypted.
*/
uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are clear.
*/
uint32_t skip_byte_block;
/**
* The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
* 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *key_id;
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
* correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
* changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *iv;
uint32_t iv_size;
/**
* An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
* are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
* encrypted.
*/
AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
uint32_t subsample_count;
} AVEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
/**
* A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
* is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
* future.
*/
uint8_t* system_id;
uint32_t system_id_size;
/**
* An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
* same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
*/
uint8_t** key_ids;
/** The number of key IDs. */
uint32_t num_key_ids;
/**
* The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
* change in the future.
*/
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
* from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
* can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
* will be at least one key ID.
*/
uint8_t* data;
uint32_t data_size;
/**
* An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
*/
struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
* number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
* and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
*
* @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
* @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
* @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
* side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
* data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
* when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
* to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
* given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
/**
* Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
* the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
* side data. The resulting object should be passed to
* av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
* given to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */

128
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* error code definitions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_error
*
* @{
*/
/* error handling */
#if EDOM > 0
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
#else
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
#endif
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
/**
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
*/
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
/**
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
*
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
* cannot be found
*/
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
*
* @param errbuf a buffer
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
* @see av_strerror()
*/
static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
{
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
return errbuf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

135
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
/**
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
*
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse an expression.
*
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
* when it is not needed anymore.
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
*
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @return the value of the expression
*/
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
*
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
* @param size size of array
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
* or size was zero
*/
int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
/**
* Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
* in a parsed expression.
*
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
* if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
* then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
* @param size size of array
* @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
* or size was zero
*/
int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg);
/**
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
*/
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
/**
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
* of numstr.
*
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
* after the last parsed character
*/
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */

5
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "5.1.2"
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

426
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo;
/**
* Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the
* av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single
* av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated
* by nb_elems.
*
* @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function
* @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which
* av_fifo_*_cb function is called
* @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be
* read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should
* update it to contain the number of elements actually written.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from
* the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function)
*/
typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This
* automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with
* av_fifo_auto_grow_limit().
*/
#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0)
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size.
*
* @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO
* @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on
* the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size.
* @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_*
*
* @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size,
unsigned int flags);
/**
* @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at
* FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime
*/
size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized
* automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used.
*/
void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems);
/**
* @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO.
*/
size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* @return number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO.
*/
size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifo.
*
* On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly
* inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write()
* elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifo to resize
* @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current
* allocated size
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc);
/**
* Write data into a FIFO.
*
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f), nothing is written and an error
* is returned.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be
* read from buf on success.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
/**
* Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements
* actually written.
*
* @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb,
void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Read data from a FIFO.
*
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error
* is returned.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
* will be written into buf on success.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
/**
* Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
* actually sent to the callback.
*
* @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb,
void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state.
*
* Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements
* (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)).
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
* will be written into buf.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
* @param offset number of initial elements to skip.
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
* Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
* actually sent to the callback.
* @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not
* be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f).
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
* Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo.
* @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than
* av_fifo_can_read(f)
*/
void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size);
/*
* Empty the AVFifo.
* @param f AVFifo to reset
*/
void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed.
*/
void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f);
#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
uint8_t *buffer;
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
} AVFifoBuffer;
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param size of FIFO
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param nmemb number of elements
* @param size size of the single element
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
/**
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
* @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can read from it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can write into it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
* @param size number of bytes to write
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
* indicate no more data available to write.
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size,
* decreasing FIFO size is not supported
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike
* this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
/**
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2
/**
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
* point outside to the buffer data.
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb()
*/
attribute_deprecated
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
if (ptr >= f->end)
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
return ptr;
}
#endif
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

72
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* Misc file utilities.
*/
/**
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
* Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
* case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
*
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
* by av_file_map()
*/
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
/**
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code on error)
* and opened file name in **filename.
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
*/
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

260
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
#include "frame.h"
enum AVFilmGrainParamsType {
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0,
/**
* The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom)
*/
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1,
/**
* The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274)
*/
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274,
};
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
* av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams {
/**
* Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the
* piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane.
*/
int num_y_points;
uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */];
/**
* Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma.
* Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales.
*/
int chroma_scaling_from_luma;
/**
* If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling
* function parameters.
*/
int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */];
uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */];
/**
* Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within
* [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain.
*/
int scaling_shift;
/**
* Specifies the auto-regression lag.
*/
int ar_coeff_lag;
/**
* Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
* 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1).
*/
int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24];
/**
* Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
* 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points.
*/
int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25];
/**
* Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6,
* 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and
* so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9.
*/
int ar_coeff_shift;
/**
* Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during
* synthesis.
*/
int grain_scale_shift;
/**
* Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component
* scaling function.
*/
int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */];
int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */];
/**
* Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value
* with a range [-256, 255]
*/
int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */];
/**
* Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks.
*/
int overlap_flag;
/**
* Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application.
*/
int limit_output_range;
} AVFilmGrainAOMParams;
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using
* the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
* av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params {
/**
* Specifies the film grain simulation mode.
* 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression
*/
int model_id;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
*/
int bit_depth_luma;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components.
*/
int bit_depth_chroma;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
/**
* Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain
* with the decoded images.
*
* 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative
*/
int blending_mode_id;
/**
* Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations.
*/
int log2_scale_factor;
/**
* Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present.
*/
int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of
* model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256].
*/
uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval
* in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6].
*/
uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of
* model values applies for the component.
*/
uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
/**
* Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of
* model values applies for the component.
*/
uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
/**
* Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval.
* - When model_id == 0, the following applies:
* For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1]
* For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1]
* - Otherwise, the following applies:
* For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1]
* For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1]
*/
int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */];
} AVFilmGrainH274Params;
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video
* for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is
* meant to be synthesised for correct presentation.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams {
/**
* Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid.
*/
enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type;
/**
* Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it.
*
* @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in
* SMPTE RDD 5-2006.
*/
uint64_t seed;
/**
* Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included.
* If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another
* codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type.
*/
union {
AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom;
AVFilmGrainH274Params h274;
} codec;
} AVFilmGrainParams;
/**
* Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
* If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated.
*
* @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */

947
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,947 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* reference-counted frame API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "buffer.h"
#include "channel_layout.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
*/
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
/**
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
/**
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
/**
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
* presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
* mastering display color volume.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
/**
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
* libavutil/spherical.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
* metadata key entry "name".
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
* where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
* The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
* function in libavutil/timecode.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
* volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
/**
* Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
* array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
/**
* Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS,
/**
* User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame.
* This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose
* The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of
* uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED,
/**
* Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
* Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
/**
* Bounding boxes for object detection and classification,
* as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES,
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265
* or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation
* bytes intact.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER,
/**
* Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software
* implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in
* libavutil/dovi_meta.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA,
/**
* HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color
* volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
};
/**
* Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
*
* sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*/
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
uint8_t *data;
size_t size;
AVDictionary *metadata;
AVBufferRef *buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
/**
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
*
* When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
* should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
* capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
* to truncate the list.
*
* When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
* area of the frame applies.
*/
typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
/**
* Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
* sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
*/
uint32_t self_size;
/**
* Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
* bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
* right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
*
* The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
* actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
* reasons.
*/
int top;
int bottom;
int left;
int right;
/**
* Quantisation offset.
*
* Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
* change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
* while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
*
* The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
* largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
* worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
* should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
* values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
*
* For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
* -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
* this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
* range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
* were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
* of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
* An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
* encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
* the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
*/
AVRational qoffset;
} AVRegionOfInterest;
/**
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
*
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
* through other means (see below).
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
*
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
* is reused again.
*
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
* each plane, or anything in between.
*
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
/**
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
* This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video,
* it could even point to the end of the image data.
*
* All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the
* AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf.
*
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
*
* NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL.
*
* @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the
* end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in
* combination with negative values in the linesize[] array.
*/
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating
* the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be:
* - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping
* (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data
* - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing
* even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped)
*
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
* plane must be the same size.
*
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
*
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
*
* @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve
* a vertically inverted iteration over image lines.
*/
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
*
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
*
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
*
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
*/
uint8_t **extended_data;
/**
* @name Video dimensions
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
*
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
* @{
*/
int width, height;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
*/
int nb_samples;
/**
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
*/
int format;
/**
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
*/
int key_frame;
/**
* Picture type of the frame.
*/
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
/**
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
* This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
* only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
*/
int64_t pkt_dts;
/**
* Time base for the timestamps in this frame.
* In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or
* filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders
* or filters.
*/
AVRational time_base;
/**
* picture number in bitstream order
*/
int coded_picture_number;
/**
* picture number in display order
*/
int display_picture_number;
/**
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
*/
int quality;
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void *opaque;
/**
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
*/
int repeat_pict;
/**
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
*/
int interlaced_frame;
/**
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
*/
int top_field_first;
/**
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
*/
int palette_has_changed;
/**
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
*/
int64_t reordered_opaque;
/**
* Sample rate of the audio data.
*/
int sample_rate;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
/**
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
* data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
* extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is
* non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i.
*
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
* extended_buf array.
*/
AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
*/
AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
/**
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
*/
int nb_extended_buf;
AVFrameSideData **side_data;
int nb_side_data;
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
*/
int flags;
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_pos;
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_duration;
/**
* metadata.
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
AVDictionary *metadata;
/**
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
* were errors during the decoding.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int decode_error_flags;
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int channels;
#endif
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame.
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int pkt_size;
/**
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
/**
* @anchor cropping
* @name Cropping
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
* the frame intended for presentation.
* @{
*/
size_t crop_top;
size_t crop_bottom;
size_t crop_left;
size_t crop_right;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
* Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
* Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
*
* Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
*
* FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
* av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
* for the target frame's private_ref field.
*/
AVBufferRef *private_ref;
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
} AVFrame;
#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME
/**
* Get the name of a colorspace.
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
* @deprecated use av_color_space_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
#endif
/**
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
*
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
* manually.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
/**
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
*
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
* AVBufferRef from src.
*
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
* copied.
*
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
*/
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
*/
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
/**
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
*
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
* - width and height for video
* - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio
*
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
*
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
* cases.
*
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
/**
* Check if the frame data is writable.
*
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
*
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
*
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
*/
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
* if it is not.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
* av_buffer_make_writable()
*/
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
*
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
*
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
*
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
* Side data is also copied.
*/
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
*
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
*
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
* frame is not valid.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame.
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param size size of the side data
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type the type of the added side data
* @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
* the reference is transferred to the frame.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
* the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
* the caller.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Remove and free all side data instances of the given type.
*/
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Flags for frame cropping.
*/
enum {
/**
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
* absolutely know what you are doing.
*/
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
};
/**
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
*
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
*
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
*/
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* @return a string identifying the side data type
*/
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */

264
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
* Generic hashing API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* Hash functions useful in multimedia.
*
* Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
* concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
* implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
* FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
* An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
*
* If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
* functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
* reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
* If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
* "individual hash" directly.
*
* @section Sample Code
*
* A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
*
* @code
* struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
* const char *hash_name = NULL;
* uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
*
* // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
* hash_name = ...;
*
* // Allocate a hash context
* ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
* if (ret < 0)
* return ret;
*
* // Initialize the hash context
* av_hash_init(ctx);
*
* // Update the hash context with data
* while (data_left) {
* av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
* }
*
* // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
* // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
* // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
* // av_malloc().
* output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
* if (!output_buf)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Finalize the hash context.
* // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
* // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
* // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
* // memory needed.
* av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
*
* // Free the context
* av_hash_freep(&ctx);
* @endcode
*
* @section Hash Function-Specific Information
* If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
* used.
*
* If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
* lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @example ffhash.c
* This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
* arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
* initialization, updating, and finalizing.
*/
struct AVHashContext;
/**
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
*
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
*
* @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
* call av_hash_init() to do so.
*/
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
/**
* Get the names of available hash algorithms.
*
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
*
* @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
* @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
*/
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
/**
* Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
*/
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
*
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
* the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
* libavutil without recompilation.
*
* @warning
* Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
* so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
* overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
* av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
* already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
*/
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
*
* The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
*
* @param[in] ctx Hash context
* @return Size of the hash value in bytes
*/
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
*/
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Update a hash context with additional data.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
* @param[in] len Size of the additional data
*/
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
*
* The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
*
* @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
*/
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
* hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
* value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
* the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
*/
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */

343
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
};
/**
* Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
* a distribution.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
/**
* The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
* RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t percentage;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
* window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational percentile;
} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
/**
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* SMPTE 2094-40.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
/**
* The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
/**
* The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
* positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
* ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
*/
uint8_t rotation_angle;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
* shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
* processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
* rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
* elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
* in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
/**
* The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
* 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
* maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
*/
AVRational maxscl[3];
/**
* The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
* scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
* multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational average_maxrgb;
/**
* The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene.
*/
AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
/**
* The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
* pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.001.
*/
AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
/**
* The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_y;
/**
* The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
* function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
/**
* The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
* to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
*/
AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
/**
* The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
*/
AVRational color_saturation_weight;
} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
/**
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
* application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with
* av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
* the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
/**
* Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
*/
uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
/**
* Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
* suite. The value shall be set to 0.
*/
uint8_t application_version;
/**
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 3, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_windows;
/**
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
*/
AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
/**
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
* in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
* of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the
* targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
* in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
* values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/15.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
* The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
* mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
*/
AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
/**
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */

285
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang <lance.lmwang at gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* CUVA 005.1:2021.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams {
/**
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
* in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
/**
* This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int base_enable_flag;
/**
* base_param_m_p in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_p;
/**
* base_param_m_m in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_m;
/**
* base_param_m_a in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_a;
/**
* base_param_m_b in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_b;
/**
* base_param_m_n in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_n;
/**
* indicates k1_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1
* base_param_k1 > 1: reserved
*/
int base_param_k1;
/**
* indicates k2_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2
* base_param_k2 > 1: reserved
*/
int base_param_k2;
/**
* indicates k3_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3
* base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb
* base_param_k3 > 2: reserved
*/
int base_param_k3;
/**
* This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int base_param_Delta_enable_mode;
/**
* base_param_Delta in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_Delta;
/**
* indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter,
* This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int three_Spline_enable_flag;
/**
* The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 2, inclusive.
*/
int three_Spline_num;
/**
* The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 3, inclusive.
*/
int three_Spline_TH_mode;
/**
* three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
* and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2;
/**
* 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength;
} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams;
/**
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* CUVA 005.1:2021.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams {
/**
* Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational minimum_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational average_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational variance_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational maximum_maxrgb;
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
int tone_mapping_mode_flag;
/**
* The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 2, inclusive.
*/
int tone_mapping_param_num;
/**
* The color tone mapping parameters.
*/
AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2];
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
int color_saturation_mapping_flag;
/**
* The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 7, inclusive.
*/
int color_saturation_num;
/**
* Indicates the color correction strength parameter.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1/128.
*/
AVRational color_saturation_gain[8];
} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams;
/**
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
* CUVA 005.1:2021 standard
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with
* av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of
* the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid {
/**
* The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01.
*/
uint8_t system_start_code;
/**
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01
* if the system_start_code is 0x01.
*/
uint8_t num_windows;
/**
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
*/
AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3];
} AVDynamicHDRVivid;
/**
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame.
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */

99
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
enum AVHMACType {
AV_HMAC_MD5,
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
AV_HMAC_SHA384,
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
};
typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
/**
* Allocate an AVHMAC context.
* @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
*/
AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
/**
* Free an AVHMAC context.
* @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
*/
void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
/**
* Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
/**
* Hash data with the HMAC.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* Hash an array of data with a key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */

609
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#include "buffer.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
enum AVHWDeviceType {
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
};
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
/**
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
* derived.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
* state.
*/
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
/**
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
/**
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
*
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
* afterwards.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
* by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
} AVHWDeviceContext;
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
/**
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
* struct.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
/**
* A class for logging.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
/**
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
* additional references from it.
*/
AVBufferRef *device_ref;
/**
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
*
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
/**
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
*
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
*/
AVBufferPool *pool;
/**
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
*
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
*/
int initial_pool_size;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
*
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
enum AVPixelFormat format;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
* frames.
*
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
/**
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
int width, height;
} AVHWFramesContext;
/**
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
*
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
* not found.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
*
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
* is not valid.
*/
const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Iterate over supported device types.
*
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
*
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
* used in any way.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
*
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
* touched by the caller.
*
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
* @param type The type of the device to create.
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
* @param flags currently unused
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
*
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived,
* however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef *src_ctx,
AVDictionary *options, int flags);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
* function remains owned by the caller.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
* to any frames.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
*
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
* newly allocated buffers.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
*
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
*
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
*
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
* destination frame is unspecified.
*
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
* @param src the source frame.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
/**
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
/**
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
};
/**
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
*
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
/**
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
/**
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
/**
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
* not known.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
/**
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (Zero if not known.)
*/
int min_width;
int min_height;
/**
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
*/
int max_width;
int max_height;
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
/**
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
* av_free().
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
* success or NULL on failure.
*/
void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
* of the device.
*
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
*/
AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
const void *hwconfig);
/**
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*/
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
/**
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
*/
enum {
/**
* The mapping must be readable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
/**
* The mapping must be writeable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
/**
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
/**
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
* be much lower than normal memory.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
};
/**
* Map a hardware frame.
*
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
*
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
*
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
*
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
*
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
*
* On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the
* hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will
* be preserved as they were.
*
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
*
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
*
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
* AVHWFramesContext.
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
* AVHWFramesContext on.
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
* in the derived device.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
enum AVPixelFormat format,
AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */

69
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
#include <cuda.h>
#endif
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
*
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
CUcontext cuda_ctx;
CUstream stream;
AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
} AVCUDADeviceContext;
/**
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
*/
/**
* @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags
*
* Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Use primary device context instead of creating a new one.
*/
#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */

178
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
*
* The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
* set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
* individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
*
* Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
* DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
* this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
*
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
* for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
* code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
*/
#include <d3d11.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
/**
* Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
* set the libavcodec decoding device.
*
* Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11Device *device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
/**
* Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
* video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
*
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
* internal mutex.
*
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
* locking implementation.
*/
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
void *lock_ctx;
} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
/**
* D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
* planes of the frame.
*
* This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
* necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
/**
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
* the interface.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
* if the texture is not an array texture.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
*/
intptr_t index;
} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
/**
* The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
* on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
* texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
*
* The only situation when the API user should set this is:
* - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
* AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
* allocate the pool
* - of an array texture
* - and wants it to use it for decoding
* - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
*
* Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*
* This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
* requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
* objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
* at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
* video decoding.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT BindFlags;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT MiscFlags;
/**
* In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture
* pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture.
* In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains
* pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos;
} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */

169
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
*
* Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
* must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
* NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
* added in future.
*/
enum {
/**
* The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
*/
AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
};
/**
* DRM object descriptor.
*
* Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
* descriptor.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
/**
* DRM PRIME fd for the object.
*/
int fd;
/**
* Total size of the object.
*
* (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
*/
size_t size;
/**
* Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
*
* If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
* DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
*/
uint64_t format_modifier;
} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
/**
* DRM plane descriptor.
*
* Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
* a single object.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
/**
* Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
* array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
*/
int object_index;
/**
* Offset within that object of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t offset;
/**
* Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t pitch;
} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
/**
* DRM layer descriptor.
*
* Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
* defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
/**
* Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
*/
uint32_t format;
/**
* Number of planes in the layer.
*
* This must match the number of planes required by format.
*/
int nb_planes;
/**
* Array of planes in this layer.
*/
AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
/**
* DRM frame descriptor.
*
* This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
* It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
* an object of this type.
*
* The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
* imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
* and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
* (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
* platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
* to import it.)
*
* The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
* the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
* increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
* be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
/**
* Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
*/
int nb_objects;
/**
* Array of objects making up the frame.
*/
AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
/**
* Number of layers in the frame.
*/
int nb_layers;
/**
* Array of layers in the frame.
*/
AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
/**
* DRM device.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
/**
* File descriptor of DRM device.
*
* This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
* used in some derivation and mapping operations.
*
* If no device is required, set to -1.
*/
int fd;
} AVDRMDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */

75
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
*
* Only fixed-size pools are supported.
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
*/
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
/**
* The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
* DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
*/
DWORD surface_type;
/**
* The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
* this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
* libavutil.
*/
IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
* To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
* field is provided.
*
* If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
* it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
*
* This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
* decoder reference.
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */

36
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
/**
* MediaCodec details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
/**
* android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
*
* This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
*/
void *surface;
} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */

100
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
#ifdef __APPLE__
#include <OpenCL/cl.h>
#else
#include <CL/cl.h>
#endif
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL.
*
* Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended
* to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is
* typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the
* frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived().
*/
/**
* OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
* planes of the frame.
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor {
/**
* Number of planes in the frame.
*/
int nb_planes;
/**
* OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame.
*/
cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor;
/**
* OpenCL device details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext {
/**
* The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices
* are associated with the context then this is the one which will
* be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg.
*/
cl_device_id device_id;
/**
* The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on
* this device.
*/
cl_context context;
/**
* The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all
* frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not
* intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the
* primary device.
*/
cl_command_queue command_queue;
} AVOpenCLDeviceContext;
/**
* OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext {
/**
* The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this
* device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()).
*
* If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is
* used instead.
*/
cl_command_queue command_queue;
} AVOpenCLFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */

53
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
*
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
*/
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
mfxSession session;
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
*/
int frame_type;
} AVQSVFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */

117
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#include <va/va.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
*
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
* argument to vaCreateContext().
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
*/
enum {
/**
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
/**
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
* separately afterwards.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
/**
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
/**
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
};
/**
* VAAPI connection details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
/**
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
*/
VADisplay display;
/**
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
*/
unsigned int driver_quirks;
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
/**
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
/**
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
*/
VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
int nb_attributes;
/**
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
* vaCreateContext().
*/
VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
int nb_surfaces;
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
/**
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
*
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
/**
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
*/
VAConfigID config_id;
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */

44
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
*
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
*/
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
VdpDevice device;
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
/**
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */

95
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
*
* This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool
* instead of an AVBufferPool.
*
* If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
* Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks
* depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage
* the pool using the default implementation.
*
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
* NULL.
*/
/**
* Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
* Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
/**
* Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and
* return full range pixel formats via a flag.
*/
uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range);
/**
* Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc);
/**
* Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space);
/**
* Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri);
/**
* Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer
* function string.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx,
CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

281
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR)
#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR
#endif
#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN.
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame.
*/
/**
* Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
* All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses
*/
typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
/**
* Custom memory allocator, else NULL
*/
const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc;
/**
* Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function.
* If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's
* compilation settings, and set this field.
*/
PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr;
/**
* Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2.
*/
VkInstance inst;
/**
* Physical device
*/
VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev;
/**
* Active device
*/
VkDevice act_dev;
/**
* This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled
* during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to
* enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended,
* fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features.
*/
VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features;
/**
* Enabled instance extensions.
* If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with
* each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable.
* Duplicates are possible and accepted.
* If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively.
*/
const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions;
int nb_enabled_inst_extensions;
/**
* Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd,
* VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier,
* VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found.
* If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as
* the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible
* and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled.
*/
const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions;
int nb_enabled_dev_extensions;
/**
* Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues
* enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required.
* av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each
* queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set.
* Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities.
*/
int queue_family_index;
int nb_graphics_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues
* enabled. Required.
*/
int queue_family_tx_index;
int nb_tx_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues
* enabled. Required.
*/
int queue_family_comp_index;
int nb_comp_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
* If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1.
* Not required.
*/
int queue_family_encode_index;
int nb_encode_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
* If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1.
* Not required.
*/
int queue_family_decode_index;
int nb_decode_queues;
} AVVulkanDeviceContext;
/**
* Defines the behaviour of frame allocation.
*/
typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags {
/* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the
* device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */
AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0),
/* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather
* than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting
* to VAAPI on Intel devices. */
AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1),
} AVVkFrameFlags;
/**
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options
*/
typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext {
/**
* Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling,
* then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device
* supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise
* will allocate optimally-tiled images.
*/
VkImageTiling tiling;
/**
* Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits
* are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE.
*/
VkImageUsageFlagBits usage;
/**
* Extension data for image creation.
* If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain,
* and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated
* with the specific requested DRM modifiers.
* Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time,
* which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free
* any structures they've allocated themselves.
*/
void *create_pnext;
/**
* Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as
* the number of planes of the sw_format.
* This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used
* to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary
* extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions.
*/
void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set,
* autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during
* av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVVkFrameFlags flags;
} AVVulkanFramesContext;
/*
* Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match
* the pool's sw_format.
* All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the
* VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed.
*
* If all queue family indices in the device context are the same,
* images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images
* will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode.
*
* @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate
* you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVkFrame {
/**
* Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to.
*/
VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame.
*/
VkImageTiling tiling;
/**
* Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes,
* in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of
* each plane in the memory.
*/
VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* OR'd flags for all memory allocated
*/
VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags;
/**
* Updated after every barrier
*/
VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane.
* Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using
* the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission,
* using an incremented value.
*/
VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible.
* Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue,
* and increment it when signalling.
*/
uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* Internal data.
*/
struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal;
/**
* Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory.
*/
ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
} AVVkFrame;
/**
* Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0.
* @note Must be freed via av_free()
*/
AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format.
* Returns NULL on unsupported formats.
*/
const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */

311
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
/**
* @file
* misc image utilities
*
* @addtogroup lavu_picture
* @{
*/
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "pixdesc.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
* format described by pixdesc.
*
* The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
* the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
* byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
* component.
*
* @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
* for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
* components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
*/
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
* width for the plane plane.
*
* @return the computed size in bytes
*/
int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
/**
* Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* width width.
*
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
/**
* Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height.
*
* @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
* int for av_image_fill_linesizes().
*/
int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]);
/**
* Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* height height.
*
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
/**
* Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
* fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
*
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
/**
* Copy image plane from src to dst.
* That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
* The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
* bytes.
*
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
*
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
*/
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
int bytewidth, int height);
/**
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
* memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
* av_image_copy_plane().
*
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
*
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
* int for av_image_copy_plane().
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
*/
void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize,
const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize,
ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height);
/**
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
*
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
*/
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
* memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
* av_image_copy().
*
* The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
* by the CPU architecture.
*
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
* int for av_image_copy().
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
*/
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
* parameters and the provided array.
*
* The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
* address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
* specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
* line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
* pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
* the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
* lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
* size for the src buffer.
*
* To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
* in case of failure
*/
int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
const uint8_t *src,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
* image with the given parameters.
*
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment
* @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
*
* av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
* for the buffer to fill.
*
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
* @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
* @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
* (error code) on error
*/
int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
/**
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
* bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
*
* @param w the width of the picture
* @param h the height of the picture
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
* bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
* with a signed int.
*
* @param w the width of the picture
* @param h the height of the picture
* @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
*
* It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
* to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
* sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
*
* @param w width of the image
* @param h height of the image
* @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
* @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
/**
* Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
* sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
* and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
* formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
*
* If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
*
* This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
* non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
*
* Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
* operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
* not supported.)
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
int width, int height);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */

77
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
union av_intfloat32 {
uint32_t i;
float f;
};
union av_intfloat64 {
uint64_t i;
double f;
};
/**
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
*/
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
{
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
{
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
*/
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
{
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
{
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */

644
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#include "bswap.h"
typedef union {
uint64_t u64;
uint32_t u32[2];
uint16_t u16[4];
uint8_t u8 [8];
double f64;
float f32[2];
} av_alias av_alias64;
typedef union {
uint32_t u32;
uint16_t u16[2];
uint8_t u8 [4];
float f32;
} av_alias av_alias32;
typedef union {
uint16_t u16;
uint8_t u8 [2];
} av_alias av_alias16;
/*
* Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
* AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
* Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
* as inline functions.
*
* R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
* The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
* unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
* Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
* depending on the platform.
*
* The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_MIPS
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_PPC
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_TOMI
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
/*
* Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
*/
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
# endif
#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
# endif
#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
/*
* Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
* by per-arch headers.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__)
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#else
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
uint16_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
uint16_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
uint32_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
uint32_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
uint64_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
uint64_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
#else
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
#ifndef AV_RN16
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#else
# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
#endif
#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB24
# define AV_RB24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB24
# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL24
# define AV_RL24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL24
# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB48
# define AV_RB48(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB48
# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL48
# define AV_RL48(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL48
# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
} while(0)
#endif
/*
* The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
* in a type-safe way.
*/
#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#ifndef AV_RN16A
# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32A
# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64A
# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16A
# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32A
# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64A
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#else
# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64A
# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64A
# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
#endif
/*
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
* memory locations.
*/
#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
#ifndef AV_COPY16U
# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY32U
# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY64U
# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY128U
# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
do { \
AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
} while(0)
#endif
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
* afterwards.
*/
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
(((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
#ifndef AV_COPY16
# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY32
# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY64
# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY128
# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
do { \
AV_COPY64(d, s); \
AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
#ifndef AV_SWAP64
# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
#endif
#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
#ifndef AV_ZERO16
# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO32
# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO64
# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO128
# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
do { \
AV_ZERO64(d); \
AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */

80
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
* Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
* The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
* not be accessed directly. Only its sizeof() is guranteed to stay the same
* to allow easy instanciation.
*/
typedef struct AVLFG {
unsigned int state[64];
int index;
} AVLFG;
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
/**
* Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
*
* Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
*/
int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
*
* Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
c->index += 1U;
return a;
}
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
*
* Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
c->index += 1U;
return a;
}
/**
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
*
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
*/
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */

387
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
typedef enum {
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
}AVClassCategory;
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
struct AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
*/
typedef struct AVClass {
/**
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
*/
const char* class_name;
/**
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
* instance ctx associated with the class.
*/
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
/**
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
*
* @see av_set_default_options()
*/
const struct AVOption *option;
/**
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
* version bumps everywhere.
*/
int version;
/**
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
* 0 means there is no such variable
*/
int log_level_offset_offset;
/**
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
* logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
* to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
* could then leverage to display the parent context.
* The offset can be NULL.
*/
int parent_log_context_offset;
/**
* Category used for visualization (like color)
* This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory category;
/**
* Callback to return the category.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
/**
* Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
* available since version (52.12)
*/
int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled
* children.
*
* @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize
* *iter to NULL before the first call.
* @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are
* no more such children.
*
* @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next
* iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate
* iterates over _all possible_ children.
*/
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter);
} AVClass;
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_log
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Print no output.
*/
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
/**
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
*/
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
/**
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
*/
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
/**
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
* However, not all future data is affected.
*/
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
/**
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
*/
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
/**
* Standard information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
/**
* Detailed information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
/**
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
*/
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
/**
* Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
*/
#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
* @code
av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
@endcode
* Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
* recommended.
*/
#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
*/
void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with
* the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
* @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance.
* @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance.
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed
* this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state
* must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously.
*/
void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6);
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
/**
* Get the current log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @return Current log level
*/
int av_log_get_level(void);
/**
* Set the log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @param level Logging level
*/
void av_log_set_level(int level);
/**
* Set the logging callback
*
* @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
* threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
*
* @see av_log_default_callback
*
* @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
*/
void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
/**
* Default logging callback
*
* It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
va_list vl);
/**
* Return the context name
*
* @param ctx The AVClass context
*
* @return The AVClass class_name
*/
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
* @param line_size size of the buffer
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
*/
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
* may be NULL if line_size is 0
* @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
* be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
* @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
* the number of characters that would have been written for a
* sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
* character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
* that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
*/
int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
/**
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
* bad luck.
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
*/
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
/**
* Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
*
* Results in messages such as:
* [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
*/
#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
int av_log_get_flags(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */

66
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* LZO 1x decompression
* copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
/**
* @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
*
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
* @{ */
/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
/** @} */
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
/**
* @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
* @param out output buffer
* @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
* @param in input buffer
* @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
* @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
*
* Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
* AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
*/
int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */

80
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Utility Preprocessor macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
#else
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
#endif
/**
* Comparator.
* For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
* if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
* Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
* there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
* must not have a side-effect.
*/
#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
/**
* @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* String manipulation macros
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */

128
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
* the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
/**
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
*/
AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
/**
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
*/
AVRational white_point[2];
/**
* Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
*/
AVRational min_luminance;
/**
* Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
*/
AVRational max_luminance;
/**
* Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
*/
int has_primaries;
/**
* Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
*/
int has_luminance;
} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
/**
* Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
/**
* Max content light level (cd/m^2).
*/
unsigned MaxCLL;
/**
* Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
*/
unsigned MaxFALL;
} AVContentLightMetadata;
/**
* Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */

243
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <math.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "intfloat.h"
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHI
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_2
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef NAN
#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
#endif
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Rounding methods.
*/
enum AVRounding {
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
/**
* Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
* unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
* bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
* enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
* cases.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling 3:
* // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
* // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
* // => 2
*
* av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
* // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
* @endcode
*/
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
};
/**
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
*/
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
* If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
* - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
* - 0 if they represent the same position
*
* @warning
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
* the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
*/
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
/**
* Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
*
* In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
* `a` and `b`.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
* @endcode
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
* @return
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
* - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
* - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
*/
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
/**
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
*
* This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
* timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
* call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
*
* The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
* subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
* initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* @param[in] in_tb Input time base
* @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
* (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
* @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
* duration of the current packet/frame)
* @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
* `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
* @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
* @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
*
* @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
* seconds.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
/**
* Add a value to a timestamp.
*
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
*
* @param[in] ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
* @param[in] inc Value to be added
* @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
*/
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */

89
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_md5
* Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* MD5 hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
extern const int av_md5_size;
struct AVMD5;
/**
* Allocate an AVMD5 context.
*/
struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize MD5 hashing.
*
* @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
*/
void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param src input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Hash an array of data.
*
* @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param src The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */

696
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,696 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_mem
* Memory handling functions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
* Utilities for manipulating memory.
*
* FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
* program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
* encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
*
* However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
* recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
* instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
* compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
* dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
*
* @{
*/
#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED
/**
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
*
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
* assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
*
* These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
* generate better code.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def av_malloc_attrib
* Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
*
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
#define av_malloc_attrib
#endif
/**
* @def av_alloc_size(...)
* Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
* given by the specified parameter(s).
*
* @code{.c}
* void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
* void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
* @endcode
*
* @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
*
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
#else
#define av_alloc_size(...)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
* Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
*
* All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
* bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
* caution when doing so.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU).
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_mallocz()
*/
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
* block.
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of element
* @param size Size of a single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
*
* @see av_mallocz()
* @see av_malloc_array()
*/
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY
/**
* @deprecated use av_calloc()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#endif
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
* cannot be reallocated
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even
* if size is zero.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
* @see av_reallocp()
*/
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
* pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
* is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
* - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
* after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic
* @code{.c}
* buf = realloc(buf);
* if (!buf)
* return -1;
* @endcode
* pattern.
*/
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
* @param size Size of the single element of the array
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if
* nmemb is zero.
* @see av_reallocp_array()
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
* allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
* @param[in] size Size of the single element
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero.
*/
int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
*
* If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
*
* If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
* returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
* freed.
*
* A typical use pattern follows:
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!new_buf) {
* // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
* av_freep(&buf);
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
* @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
* buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
* error
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
* avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!buf) {
* // Allocation failed; buf already freed
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_mallocz()
*/
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
* Reused buffer is not cleared.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
*
* @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
* behind dangling pointers.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void *ptr);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_free(buf);
* // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
* // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
* // security risk.
*
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_freep(&buf);
* // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
* // NULL-pointer dereference.
* @endcode
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
* @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
* @see av_free()
*/
void av_freep(void *ptr);
/**
* Duplicate a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
* @see av_strndup()
*/
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a substring of a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
* terminating byte)
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
*/
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
*
* @param p Buffer to be duplicated
* @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
* copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
*/
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
/**
* Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
*
* @param dst Destination buffer
* @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
* the overlapping window); must be > 0
* @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
*
* @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
*
* Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
*
* Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
* needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
*
* libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
* allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
* array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
* caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
* the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
*
* The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
* allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
* to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
* av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
*
* @code
* type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // &to_be_added == array[0]
* // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
* result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
* implements this mechanism.
*
* @code
* type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
*
* // Shortcut of the above.
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
* (const void *)&to_be_added2);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // to_be_added == array[0]
* // to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
*
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
* allocated structure.
*
* The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem Element to add
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
*
* Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
*
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
* @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
* `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
* allocated but left uninitialized.
*
* @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
* space
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
*/
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
const uint8_t *elem_data);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
*
* Other functions related to memory allocation.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
*
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
*/
int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r);
/**
* Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
*
* The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
* lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
*
* By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
*
* @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
*
* @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
* this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
*/
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */

57
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVMotionVector {
/**
* Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
* from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
* XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
*/
int32_t source;
/**
* Width and height of the block.
*/
uint8_t w, h;
/**
* Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
*/
int16_t src_x, src_y;
/**
* Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
*/
int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
/**
* Extra flag information.
* Currently unused.
*/
uint64_t flags;
/**
* Motion vector
* src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
* src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
*/
int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
uint16_t motion_scale;
} AVMotionVector;
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */

115
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_murmur3
* Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
*
* MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
* incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
*
* - 32-bit output
* - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
* - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
*
* FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
* platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
* the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
* performance.
*
* @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
* By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
* libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
* seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
* as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
*
* To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
* this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
*
* @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
*/
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
* @param[in] seed Random seed
*
* @see av_murmur3_init()
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
*/
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
/**
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
*
* Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
*
* @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
*/
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
/**
* Update hash context with new data.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
* @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
* @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
*/
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param[in,out] c Hash context
* @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */

891
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
/*
* AVOptions
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
/**
* @file
* AVOptions
*/
#include "rational.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "channel_layout.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
/**
* @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
* @ingroup lavu_data
* @{
* AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
*
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
*
* All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
* the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
* The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
* of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
* value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
* also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
* associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
* should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
*
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
* @code
* typedef struct test_struct {
* const AVClass *class;
* int int_opt;
* char *str_opt;
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
* int bin_len;
* } test_struct;
*
* static const AVOption test_options[] = {
* { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
* { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
* { NULL },
* };
*
* static const AVClass test_class = {
* .class_name = "test class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = test_options,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
* @endcode
*
* Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
* is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
* initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
* AVOptions API.
*
* When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
* free all the allocated string and binary options.
*
* Continuing with the above example:
*
* @code
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
* {
* test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
* ret->class = &test_class;
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
* return ret;
* }
* void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
* {
* av_opt_free(*foo);
* av_freep(foo);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
* It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
* AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
* libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
* codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
* parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
* implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the
* parent struct's AVClass.
* Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
* child_struct field:
*
* @code
* typedef struct child_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* int flags_opt;
* } child_struct;
* static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { NULL },
* };
* static const AVClass child_class = {
* .class_name = "child class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = child_opts,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
*
* void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
* {
* test_struct *t = obj;
* if (!prev && t->child_struct)
* return t->child_struct;
* return NULL
* }
* const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter)
* {
* const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class;
* *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c;
* return c;
* }
* @endcode
* Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into
* test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
* test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
* child_struct right after it is created).
*
* From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
* and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
* iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate()
* iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
* was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
* child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
* iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
* iterate over all available codecs with private options.
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
* It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
* field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
* create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
* with their unit field set to the same string.
* Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
* constant.
* For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
* above, put the following into the child_opts array:
* @code
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
* { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
* @endcode
*
* @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
* This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
* Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
* AVFormatContext in libavformat.
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
* The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
* over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
* for an option with the given name.
*
* The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
* may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
* to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
*
* For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
* get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
* (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
* av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
* second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
* children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
* from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
* av_opt_next() on each result).
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
* When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
* user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
* non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
* option type.
*
* Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
* which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
* have to free it with av_free().
*
* In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
* AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
* are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
* filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
* that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
* before the file is actually opened.
*/
enum AVOptionType{
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
#endif
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT,
};
/**
* AVOption
*/
typedef struct AVOption {
const char *name;
/**
* short English help text
* @todo What about other languages?
*/
const char *help;
/**
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
*/
int offset;
enum AVOptionType type;
/**
* the default value for scalar options
*/
union {
int64_t i64;
double dbl;
const char *str;
/* TODO those are unused now */
AVRational q;
} default_val;
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
int flags;
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
/**
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
/**
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
/**
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
* options and corresponding named constants share the same
* unit. May be NULL.
*/
const char *unit;
} AVOption;
/**
* A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
*/
typedef struct AVOptionRange {
const char *str;
/**
* Value range.
* For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
* For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
*/
double value_min, value_max;
/**
* Value's component range.
* For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
*/
double component_min, component_max;
/**
* Range flag.
* If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
*/
int is_range;
} AVOptionRange;
/**
* List of AVOptionRange structs.
*/
typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
/**
* Array of option ranges.
*
* Most of option types use just one component.
* Following describes multi-component option types:
*
* AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
* component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
* component index 1: range of width.
* component index 2: range of height.
*
* @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
* provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
* av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
*
* Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
*
* @code
* int range_index, component_index;
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
* AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
* av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
* for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
* for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
* range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
* //do something with range here.
* }
* av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
* @endcode
*/
AVOptionRange **range;
/**
* Number of ranges per component.
*/
int nb_ranges;
/**
* Number of componentes.
*/
int nb_components;
} AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Show the obj options.
*
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
*/
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
*
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
* AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
* default applied to s.
*
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
* @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
* @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
* AVOptions.
*
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
* separate key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*/
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
*
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
* delimiter
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
* found; after that, all options must be named
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
* other.
*/
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *const *shorthand,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Free all allocated objects in obj.
*/
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
/**
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
*
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
*/
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
/**
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
*
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
* or the final NUL)
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
*
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
*
*/
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
unsigned flags,
char **rkey, char **rval);
enum {
/**
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
* as NULL.
*/
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
};
/**
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
* @{
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
* @param val string to be evaluated.
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
*/
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
given object first. */
/**
* The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
* instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
* useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
* object.
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1)
/**
* In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
* rather than returning an empty string.
*/
#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
/**
* Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
* one component for certain option types.
* @see AVOptionRanges for details.
*/
#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*
* @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
* directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
* AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
* flag.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags);
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
* @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
* written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
* in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
/**
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
*
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
* AVClass describing it.
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
* or NULL
* @return next AVOption or NULL
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
/**
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
*
* @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored.
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
*/
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter);
/**
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
* @{
* Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
*
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
* @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
* of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
* is undefined.
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
* If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of
* key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be
* escaped.
* @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
*
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
* error:
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
*/
int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
#endif
int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags);
/**
* @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
* caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
*/
int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
/**
* Set a binary option to an integer list.
*
* @param obj AVClass object to set options on
* @param name name of the binary option
* @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
* regard to the contents of the list)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param flags search flags
*/
#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
(av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
* @{
* Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
*
* @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name name of the option to get.
* @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
* @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
* @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
/**
* @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
*
* @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the
* option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT
* and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated
* empty string.
*/
int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
#endif
int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout);
/**
* @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
* be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
*/
int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
* renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
*
* @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
* or written to.
*/
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
/**
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
*/
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
/**
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
*
* The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee
* below does not apply if this is not fulfilled.
*
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
*
* Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest
* no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free()
* on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src.
*
* @param dest Object to copy from
* @param src Object to copy into
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
*/
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
/**
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
*
* Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
* @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
*
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
* @param o option to be checked
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
* 0 when option is not set its default,
* <0 on error
*/
int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
/**
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
*
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
* @param name option name
* @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
* 0 when option is not set its default,
* <0 on error
*/
int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
/**
* Serialize object's options.
*
* Create a string containing object's serialized options.
* Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
* A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
* name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
*
* @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
* @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
* @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*/
int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */

193
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#include <time.h>
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file
* misc parsing utilities
*/
/**
* Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
*
* Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
* considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
* want to exclude those values.
*
* The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
*
* @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* num:den, a float number or an expression
* @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
* level of log_ctx
* @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
/**
* Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
*
* @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* width value
* @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* height value
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
/**
* Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
*
* @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
* frame rate
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
/**
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
*
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
* component.
* The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
* hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
* represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
* 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
* If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
* The string "random" will result in a random color.
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
* containing nothing else than the color.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
*/
int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
void *log_ctx);
/**
* Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
* colors.
*
* This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
* av_parse_color().
*
* @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
* @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
* @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
*/
const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
/**
* Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
* microseconds.
*
* @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
* to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
* is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
* the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
* January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
* be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
* @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
* - If a date the syntax is:
* @code
* [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
* now
* @endcode
* If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
* Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
* interpreted as UTC.
* If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
* year-month-day.
* - If a duration the syntax is:
* @code
* [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
* [-]S+[.m...]
* @endcode
* @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
* zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
/**
* Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
*
* syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
* Return 1 if found.
*/
int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
/**
* Simplified version of strptime
*
* Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
* store its results in the structure dt.
* This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
* by the standard strptime().
*
* The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
* - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '23'
* - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
* - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
* - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
* - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
* through '31'
* - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
* - %%: a literal '%'
*
* @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
* call. In case the input string contains more characters than
* required by the format string the return value points right after
* the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
* is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
* the string. On failure NULL is returned.
*/
char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
/**
* Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
*/
time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */

410
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
/*
* pixel format descriptor
* Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
/**
* Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
*/
int plane;
/**
* Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
int step;
/**
* Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
int offset;
/**
* Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
* to get the value.
*/
int shift;
/**
* Number of bits in the component.
*/
int depth;
} AVComponentDescriptor;
/**
* Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
* stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
* subsampling factors and number of components.
*
* @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
* and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
* are stored not what these values represent.
*/
typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
const char *name;
uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
/**
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
/**
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
/**
* Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
*/
uint64_t flags;
/**
* Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
* If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
* If the format has 3 or 4 components:
* if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
* otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
*
* If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
*/
AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
/**
* Alternative comma-separated names.
*/
const char *alias;
} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
/**
* Pixel format is big-endian.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
/**
* Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
/**
* All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
/**
* Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
/**
* At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
/**
* The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
/**
* The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
* support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
* straight, never pre-multiplied.
*
* If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
* opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
/**
* The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
/**
* The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
* single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
* described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
* of bits per sample.
*
* The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
* used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
* not counted.
*/
int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
* described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
*/
int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
* this pixel format is unknown.
*/
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
*
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
*
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
*/
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
/**
* @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
* is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
/**
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
*
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
*/
int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
/**
* @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
* valid pixel format.
*/
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
/**
* @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
/**
* @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
/**
* @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
/**
* @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
/**
* @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
* format of name.
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
* then for "gray16le".
*
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
* unknown.
*
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
*/
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
*/
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
* pixel format component c to dst.
*
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
* values to write to dst
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
* @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
*/
void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
int dst_element_size);
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
/**
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
* image line.
*
* @param src array containing the values to write
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
* values to write to the image line
* @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
*/
void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w);
/**
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
*
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
*
* @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
* otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
/**
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
* pixel format to another.
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
*
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
*/
int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
int has_alpha);
/**
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
* pixel format to another.
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
*
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */

51
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
*/
typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
/**
* Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
* function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
*
* @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
* @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
* @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
* src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
* If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
* aligned on the block size.
* If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
* alignment.
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
*
* @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
* invalid parameters)
*/
av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
int aligned, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */

629
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
/**
* @file
* pixel format definitions
*/
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "version.h"
#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
/**
* Pixel format.
*
* @note
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
* color is put together as:
* (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
* big-endian CPUs.
*
* @note
* If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
* then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
*
* @par
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
* AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
* formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
* also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
* components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
* This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
*
* @par
* For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
* allocating the picture.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
/**
* Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
* VASurfaceID.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
/**
* The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
* Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
* If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
/**
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
/**
* HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
/**
* HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
* exactly as for system memory frames.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
#if FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
/**
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
*
* This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
* hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
*
* data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
* texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
* an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
/**
* DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
*
* data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
/**
* Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
*
* data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
* in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
/**
* Vulkan hardware images.
*
* data[0] points to an AVVkFrame
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN,
AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
#else
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
#endif
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE)
/**
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries {
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors
AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213,
AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2.
*/
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3.
*/
enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1
AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are
AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Visual content value range.
*
* These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple
* specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance
* and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital
* Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit
* integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is
* recommended, as it also defines the full range representation.
*
* Common definitions:
* - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp,
* 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0.
* - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original
* value in range of -0.5 to 0.5.
* - 'n' is the output bit depth.
* - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n
* bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9).
*/
enum AVColorRange {
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
/**
* Narrow or limited range content.
*
* - For luma planes:
*
* (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8)
*
* F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits
*
* - For chroma planes:
*
* (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8)
*
* F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits
*/
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1,
/**
* Full range content.
*
* - For RGB and luma planes:
*
* (2^n - 1) * E
*
* F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits
*
* - For chroma planes:
*
* (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1)
*
* F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits
*/
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2,
AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Location of chroma samples.
*
* Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
* image, the left shows only luma, the right
* shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
* each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
*
* 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
* v v v v
* ______ ______
*1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
* | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
*2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
*/
enum AVChromaLocation {
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

43
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
* This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
* Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
* It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
* PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
*/
uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */

220
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
/*
* rational numbers
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_math_rational
* Utilties for rational number calculation.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
* @ingroup lavu_math
* Rational number calculation.
*
* While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
* conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
* other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
* timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
* interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
* denominators.
*
* Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
* reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
* rational numbers.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
*/
typedef struct AVRational{
int num; ///< Numerator
int den; ///< Denominator
} AVRational;
/**
* Create an AVRational.
*
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
*
* @note The return value is not reduced.
* @see av_reduce()
*/
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
{
AVRational r = { num, den };
return r;
}
/**
* Compare two rationals.
*
* @param a First rational
* @param b Second rational
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - 0 if `a == b`
* - 1 if `a > b`
* - -1 if `a < b`
* - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
*/
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
else return INT_MIN;
}
/**
* Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
* @param a AVRational to convert
* @return `a` in floating-point form
* @see av_d2q()
*/
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
return a.num / (double) a.den;
}
/**
* Reduce a fraction.
*
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
*
* @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
* @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
* @param[in] num Source numerator
* @param[in] den Source denominator
* @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
* @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
*/
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
/**
* Multiply two rationals.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b*c
*/
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Divide one rational by another.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b/c
*/
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Add two rationals.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b+c
*/
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Subtract one rational from another.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b-c
*/
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Invert a rational.
* @param q value
* @return 1 / q
*/
static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
{
AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
return r;
}
/**
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
*
* In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
* `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
*
* @param d `double` to convert
* @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return `d` in AVRational form
* @see av_q2d()
*/
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
/**
* Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
*
* @param q Rational to be compared against
* @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
* @return One of the following values:
* - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
* - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
* - 0 if they have the same distance
*/
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
/**
* Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
*
* @param q Reference rational
* @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
* @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
*/
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
/**
* Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
* format.
*
* @param q Rational to be converted
* @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
* integer.
* @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
*/
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
/**
* Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it.
* If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def.
*/
AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */

66
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVRC4 {
uint8_t state[256];
int x, y;
} AVRC4;
/**
* Allocate an AVRC4 context.
*/
AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
*
* @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
*/
int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
*
* @param count number of bytes
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
* @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
*/
void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */

50
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* ReplayGain information (see
* http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
* The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVReplayGain {
/**
* Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
* Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
*/
int32_t track_gain;
/**
* Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
* may overflow). 0 when unknown.
*/
uint32_t track_peak;
/**
* Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
*/
int32_t album_gain;
/**
* Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
*/
uint32_t album_peak;
} AVReplayGain;
#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */

83
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_ripemd
* Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* RIPEMD hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
extern const int av_ripemd_size;
struct AVRIPEMD;
/**
* Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
*/
struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */

268
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
*
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
* @{
*/
/**
* Audio sample formats
*
* - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
* Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
* 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
*
* - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
* [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
*
* - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
* (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
*
* @par
* For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
* and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
* planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
* plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
* linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
*
*/
enum AVSampleFormat {
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
};
/**
* Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
* recognized.
*/
const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
* on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
* requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
* input.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
/**
* Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
* sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
* @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
* unknown or in case of other errors
*/
char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return number of bytes per sample.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
* sample format
*/
int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Check if the sample format is planar.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
* @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
*/
int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
*
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
*
* Functions that manipulate audio samples
* @{
*/
/**
* Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
* format sample_fmt.
*
* The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
* for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
* for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
*
* The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
* channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
* buffer for all channels for packed layout.
*
* The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
* (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
* otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success,
* or a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
const uint8_t *buf,
int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
* linesize accordingly.
* The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
* Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
* @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
* @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
* @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
*/
int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
* samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
*
* This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
* pointers array.
*
* @see av_samples_alloc()
*/
int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Copy samples from src to dst.
*
* @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
* @param src source array of pointers to data planes
* @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
* @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
* @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Fill an audio buffer with silence.
*
* @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
* @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
* @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */

90
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_sha
* Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
*
* This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
*
* - SHA-1: 160 bits
* - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
* - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
*
* @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
*
* @{
*/
extern const int av_sha_size;
struct AVSHA;
/**
* Allocate an AVSHA context.
*/
struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */

92
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_sha512
* Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
*
* This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
*
* - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
* - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
* - SHA-384: 384 bits
* - SHA-512: 512 bits
*
* @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
*
* @{
*/
extern const int av_sha512_size;
struct AVSHA512;
/**
* Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
*/
struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */

232
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Spherical video
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical
* A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
* sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
* transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
* the video should be mapped and displayed.
*/
/**
* Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
*/
enum AVSphericalProjection {
/**
* Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
* equirectangular projection.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
/**
* Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
* 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
* and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
* forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
* to the back.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
/**
* Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
* using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
* the position of the current video in a larger surface.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
};
/**
* This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
* information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
/**
* Projection type.
*/
enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
/**
* @name Initial orientation
* @{
* There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
* the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
* viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
* yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
*
* The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
* forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
* a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
*
* A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
* toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
* in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
* the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
*
* These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
*
* See this equirectangular projection as example:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* Yaw
* -180 0 180
* 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180
* | | | up
* P | | | y| forward
* i | ^ | | /z
* t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | /
* c | | | | /
* h | | | 0|/_____right
* | | | x
* -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
*
* X - the default camera center
* ^ - the default up vector
* @endcode
*/
int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @name Bounding rectangle
* @anchor bounding
* @{
* These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
* it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
* exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
* pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* +----------------+----------+
* | |bound_top |
* | +--------+ |
* | bound_left |tile | |
* +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right
* | +--------+ |
* | | |
* | bound_bottom| |
* +----------------+----------+
* @endcode
*
* If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
* by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
* like in the following example:
*
* @code{c}
* original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right;
* original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom;
* @endcode
*
* @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
* projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
* and should be ignored in all other cases.
*/
uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge
uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge
uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge
uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
*
* @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
* (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
* cases.
*/
uint32_t padding;
} AVSphericalMapping;
/**
* Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
* values.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
* from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
*
* @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
* @param width Width of the current frame or stream.
* @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
* @param left Pixels from the left edge.
* @param top Pixels from the top edge.
* @param right Pixels from the right edge.
* @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
*/
void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
size_t width, size_t height,
size_t *left, size_t *top,
size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
/**
* Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
*
* @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
*
* @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
*/
const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
/**
* Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
*
* @param name The input string.
*
* @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
*/
int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */

233
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Stereoscopic video
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d
* A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
* frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
* possible codec-independent view arrangements.
* */
/**
* List of possible 3D Types
*/
enum AVStereo3DType {
/**
* Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
*/
AV_STEREO3D_2D,
/**
* Views are next to each other.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
/**
* Views are on top of each other.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* RRRRRRRR
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
/**
* Views are alternated temporally.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* ... ... ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
/**
* Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LRLRLRLR
* RLRLRLRL
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
/**
* Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
* apply a checkerboard pattern.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
/**
* Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* LLLLLLLL
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
/**
* Views are packed per column.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
};
/**
* List of possible view types.
*/
enum AVStereo3DView {
/**
* Frame contains two packed views.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
/**
* Frame contains only the left view.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
/**
* Frame contains only the right view.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
};
/**
* Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
*/
#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0)
/**
* Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
* within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVStereo3D {
/**
* How views are packed within the video.
*/
enum AVStereo3DType type;
/**
* Additional information about the frame packing.
*/
int flags;
/**
* Determines which views are packed.
*/
enum AVStereo3DView view;
} AVStereo3D;
/**
* Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
* The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*/
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
*
* @param type The input stereo3d type value.
*
* @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
*/
const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
/**
* Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
*
* @param name The input string.
*
* @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
*/
int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */

71
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_tea_size;
struct AVTEA;
/**
* Allocate an AVTEA context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
*/
void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */

115
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
/**
* Perform non-blocking operation.
* If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
* return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
*/
AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
} AVThreadMessageFlags;
/**
* Allocate a new message queue.
*
* @param mq pointer to the message queue
* @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue
* @param elsize size of each element in the queue
* @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
* lavu was built without thread support
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
unsigned nelem,
unsigned elsize);
/**
* Free a message queue.
*
* The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
/**
* Send a message on the queue.
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void *msg,
unsigned flags);
/**
* Receive a message from the queue.
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void *msg,
unsigned flags);
/**
* Set the sending error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
* suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
/**
* Set the receiving error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
/**
* Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
* operation is removing messages from the queue.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void (*free_func)(void *msg));
/**
* Return the current number of messages in the queue.
*
* @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
* without thread support
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
/**
* Flush the message queue
*
* This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
* except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
* reads).
*/
void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */

56
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Get the current time in microseconds.
*/
int64_t av_gettime(void);
/**
* Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point.
* On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock
* This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time.
* The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic
* clock is not available.
*/
int64_t av_gettime_relative(void);
/**
* Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source
* is monotonic.
*/
int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void);
/**
* Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in
* microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
* system timer.
*
* @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
* @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
*/
int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */

199
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Timecode helpers header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "rational.h"
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
enum AVTimecodeFlag {
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
};
typedef struct {
int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form
unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
} AVTimecode;
/**
* Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
*
* @param framenum frame number to adjust
* @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30
* @return adjusted frame number
* @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97
*/
int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps);
/**
* Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
*
* @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
* @param framenum frame number
* @return the SMPTE binary representation
*
* See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)"
* the format description as follows:
* bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits)
* bits 6: BGF1
* bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL)
* bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits)
* bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL)
* bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits)
* bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL)
* bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits)
* bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop)
* bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode)
* @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens.
* @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
* you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2().
* @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
* @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero.
*/
uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
/**
* Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
*
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param drop drop flag
* @param hh hour
* @param mm minute
* @param ss second
* @param ff frame number
* @return the SMPTE binary representation
*/
uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff);
/**
* Load timecode string in buf.
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
* @param framenum frame number
* @return the buf parameter
*
* @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
* 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
* @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
*/
char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
/**
* Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
*
* In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60
* fps timecodes by using the field bit.
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param rate frame rate of the timecode
* @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
* @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
* is arbitrary
* @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field
* bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag)
* @return the buf parameter
*/
char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field);
/**
* Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
* @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
* is arbitrary
* @return the buf parameter
*/
char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
/**
* Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
* @return the buf parameter
*/
char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
/**
* Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
*
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
* is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
* @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
* (see AVTimecodeFlag)
* @param frame_start the first frame number
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components.
*
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
* is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
* @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
* (see AVTimecodeFlag)
* @param hh hours
* @param mm minutes
* @param ss seconds
* @param ff frames
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
*
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
* @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate
*
* @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */

78
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
#include "common.h"
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64)
#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
* representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param ts the timestamp to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
{
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
return buf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
* representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param ts the timestamp to represent
* @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
* @return the buffer in input
*/
static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
{
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
return buf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */

137
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* A tree container.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H
#define AVUTIL_TREE_H
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* Low-complexity tree container
*
* Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and
* smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity.
* @{
*/
struct AVTreeNode;
extern const int av_tree_node_size;
/**
* Allocate an AVTreeNode.
*/
struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
/**
* Find an element.
* @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree
* @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous
* element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist,
* then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
* @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
* API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
* It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
* will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
* user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
* @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
* exists in the tree.
*/
void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key,
int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]);
/**
* Insert or remove an element.
*
* If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists.
* If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless
* it already exists in the tree.
*
* @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that
* the root node can change during insertions, this is required
* to keep the tree balanced.
* @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree
* @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user
* must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least
* av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to
* NULL if it has been consumed.
* For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and
* av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was
* used for the removed element.
* This allows the use of flat arrays, which have
* lower overhead compared to many malloced elements.
* You might want to define a function like:
* @code
* void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
* int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b),
* AVTreeNode **next)
* {
* if (!*next)
* *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size);
* return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
* }
* void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
* int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next))
* {
* av_freep(next);
* return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
* }
* @endcode
* @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical
* to that of Standard C's qsort
* @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or
* removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned.
* Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You
* should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code.
*/
void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b),
struct AVTreeNode **next);
void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
/**
* Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
*
* @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
* range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
* element inside the range
*
* @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the
* tree.
*/
void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque,
int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem),
int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem));
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */

70
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
* An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_twofish_size;
struct AVTWOFISH;
/**
* Allocate an AVTWOFISH context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVTWOFISH context.
*
* @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
* @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise
*/
int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */

161
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H
#define AVUTIL_TX_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext;
typedef struct AVComplexFloat {
float re, im;
} AVComplexFloat;
typedef struct AVComplexDouble {
double re, im;
} AVComplexDouble;
typedef struct AVComplexInt32 {
int32_t re, im;
} AVComplexInt32;
enum AVTXType {
/**
* Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat,
* AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant.
*
* Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported.
* The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes.
*/
AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0,
AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2,
AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4,
/**
* Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t,
* respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is
* 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'.
* If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default.
*
* Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame).
* For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
* sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array.
*
* For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
* sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array.
*
* NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not
* contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full
* inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init.
*/
AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1,
AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3,
AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5,
/**
* Real to complex and complex to real DFTs.
* For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for
* the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used
* as a default.
*
* The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes.
*
* The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to
* N/2+1 complex values.
*
* The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex
* values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be
* made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len.
* NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input.
*/
AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6,
AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7,
AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8,
/* Not part of the API, do not use */
AV_TX_NB,
};
/**
* Function pointer to a function to perform the transform.
*
* @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init()
* is not allowed.
*
* @param s the transform context
* @param out the output array
* @param in the input array
* @param stride the input or output stride in bytes
*
* The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU
* architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init().
* The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified.
*/
typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride);
/**
* Flags for av_tx_init()
*/
enum AVTXFlags {
/**
* Performs an in-place transformation on the input. The output argument
* of av_tn_fn() MUST match the input. May be unsupported or slower for some
* transform types.
*/
AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0,
/**
* Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn().
* May be slower with certain transform types.
*/
AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1,
/**
* Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be
* derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats,
* rather than the usual 'len/2' floats.
* Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs.
*/
AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2,
};
/**
* Initialize a transform context with the given configuration
* (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported.
*
* @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error
* @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set
* @param type type the type of transform
* @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform
* @param len the size of the transform in samples
* @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type
* @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0
*
* @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
*/
int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type,
int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags);
/**
* Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL.
*/
void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */

147
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/uuid.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <pal@palemieux.com>
* Zane van Iperen <zane@zanevaniperen.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* UUID parsing and serialization utilities.
* The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes,
* i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type
* of the UUID.
*
* @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <pal@palemieux.com>
* @author Zane van Iperen <zane@zanevaniperen.com>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H
#define AVUTIL_UUID_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string.h>
#define AV_PRI_UUID \
"%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
"%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \
"urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
"%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID
* to print UUIDs, e.g.
* av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid));
*/
#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \
(x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \
(x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \
(x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \
(x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15]
#define AV_UUID_LEN 16
/* Binary representation of a UUID */
typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN];
/**
* Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
* into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37
* characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
*
* Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
*
* @param[in] in String representation of a UUID,
* e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696
* @param[out] uu AVUUID
* @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
*/
int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
/**
* Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122,
* into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46
* characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
*
* Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
*
* @param[in] in URN UUID
* @param[out] uu AVUUID
* @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
*/
int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
/**
* Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
* into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive.
*
* @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation
* @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the
* string representation. That memory location is never
* accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`.
* @param[out] uu AVUUID
* @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
*/
int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu);
/**
* Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122.
* The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the
* terminating NUL character.
*
* @param[in] uu AVUUID
* @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters.
* @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
*/
void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out);
/**
* Compares two UUIDs for equality.
*
* @param[in] uu1 AVUUID
* @param[in] uu2 AVUUID
* @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise
*/
static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2)
{
return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0;
}
/**
* Copies the bytes of src into dest.
*
* @param[out] dest AVUUID
* @param[in] src AVUUID
*/
static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src)
{
memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN);
}
/**
* Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all
* its 128 bits set to zero.
*
* @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID
*/
static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu)
{
memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN);
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */

123
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Libavutil version macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @addtogroup version_utils
*
* Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
* backward compatibility.
*
* The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
* Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
* The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
* and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
* Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
*
* Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
* avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
* Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
* a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
* That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
* for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
* point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
* versions.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
/**
* Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
* by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
*/
#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
*
* Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
* which version of libavutil is in use.
*
* @{
*/
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 28
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
/**
* @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_API_D2STR (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */

171
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avassert.h"
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
enum AVVideoEncParamsType {
AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1,
/**
* VP9 stores:
* - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
* - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the
* corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
* - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp
*
* To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block:
* - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to
* unsigned 8-bit.
* - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding
* AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to
* unsigned 8-bit.
*/
AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9,
/**
* H.264 stores:
* - in PPS (per-picture):
* * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
* * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately),
* exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
* - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value
* - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer
* parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported
* as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta.
*/
AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264,
/*
* MPEG-2-compatible quantizer.
*
* Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the
* resulting quantizer for the block.
*/
AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2,
};
/**
* Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along
* with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors.
* Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVideoEncParams {
/**
* Number of blocks in the array.
*
* May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case
* the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not
* be accessed.
*/
unsigned int nb_blocks;
/**
* Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array
* of blocks starts.
*/
size_t blocks_offset;
/*
* Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams).
*/
size_t block_size;
/**
* Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with).
*/
enum AVVideoEncParamsType type;
/**
* Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a
* given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly
* combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner
* documented for each type.
*/
int32_t qp;
/**
* Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given
* plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index).
*/
int32_t delta_qp[4][2];
} AVVideoEncParams;
/**
* Data structure for storing block-level encoding information.
* It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with
* av_video_enc_params_block().
*
* sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be
* added to it.
*/
typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams {
/**
* Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame
* to the top-left corner of the block.
* Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame.
*/
int src_x, src_y;
/**
* Width and height of the block in luma pixels.
*/
int w, h;
/**
* Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the
* corresponding per-frame value.
*/
int32_t delta_qp;
} AVVideoBlockParams;
/*
* Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks.
*/
static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams*
av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx)
{
av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks);
return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset +
idx * par->block_size);
}
/**
* Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of
* {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be
* freed with a normal av_free() call.
*
* @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
* written here.
*/
AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size);
/**
* Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of
* {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame}
* as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS
* and initializes the variables.
*/
AVVideoEncParams*
av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
unsigned int nb_blocks);
#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */

94
thirdparty/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
* A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H
#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVXTEA {
uint32_t key[16];
} AVXTEA;
/**
* Allocate an AVXTEA context.
*/
AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
* interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
*/
void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
/**
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
* interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
*/
void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
* in big endian format.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
* in little endian format.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */